Installation Guide
ACS Substation
1Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
10 Content 120 Safety notes 230 System overview 2
31 General about district heating substations 232 ACS Substation 233 ACS - example circuit diagram 334 Electrical circuit diagrams 4
40 Visible components in the substation 850 Installation and start-up - Step by step 8
51 Removing the cover panels 852 Protective cardboard cover 953 Removing the substation from the pallet 954 Moving substation to the installation place 955 Installation place 1056 Height adjustment 1157 Pipe connections 11
571 Connection directions 11572 Dimensions for the pipe connections 12
58 Electrification 1359 Controller settings 13
591 Controller display and symbols 14592 Operating the controller 14593 Setting the date and time 15594 Setting the heat curve 16595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature 17596 Manual control 18597 Commissioning with one circuit 19598 Sensor displays 20599 Alarm 205910 Changing the favourite display for the user 225911 Setting the room temperature 225912 Setting domestic hot water temperature 22
510 Basic parameters factory settings 23511 Start-up 24
60 Trouble shooting 24Declaration of conformity 26General warranty conditions 28
10 Content
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
20 Safety notes
Read the instructions carefully before installation and start-up of the substation Danfoss does not bear responsibility for whichever damages of device which have not been mounted or stored in accordance with following instructions
To avoid injury of persons and damages to the device it is abso-lutely necessary to carefully read and observe these instructions
Necessary assembly start-up and maintenance work must be performed only by qualified and authorized personnel
Warning of hot surfaceThe substation has got hot surfaces which can cause skin burns Please be extremely cautious in close proximity of the substa-tion
Warning of high pressure and temperatureThe maximum temperature and pressure always have to be checked on the product data label attached to the productBe aware of the installationrsquos permissible system pressure and temperature The risk of persons getting injured and equipment being damaged increases considerably if the recommended permissible operating parameters are exceeded
The substation installation is equipped with safety valves which must always be mounted in accordance with local regulations
Warning of transportation damagePrior to installing substation please make sure that the substa-tion has not been damaged during transportation Be extreme-ly careful when lifting or moving big and heavy substation
30 System overview
31 General about district heating substations
The heating system of the property is connected to the district heating network with the substation Hot district heating water in the district heating network runs through the heat exchangers in the substation District heating water does not enter the internal network just heat is transferred through the heat exchanger The substation distributes heat into the heating and domestic hot water circuits
All substation functions are controlled with an electronic con-troller The outdoor temperature is measured and the controller adjusts the flow temperature to keep the room and domestic hot water temperatures in the desired level With the controller you can change the property related settings (eg heating curve temperature limits) check the temperatures change the settings create schedules etc
32 ACS Substation
Up to a certain point ACS substation is standardized The final se-lection of components and the dimensioning of the heat exchang-ers is done based on the requirements given by the customer This Installation Guide includes general instructions The more detailed information of the order can be found in the product related documentation
District heating energy plant
Hot district heating water
Cool district heating water
District heating customer
Domestic hot water
Heating
Picture Energiateollisuus ry
Installation Guide ACS Substation
33Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
33 ACS - example circuit diagram
- 2 circuits circuit diagram exampleAfter heating connection domestic hot water and heating
25
15
15
1528
64
467 627
27 27
26
5 78
1665
1166 18
27
27
18
13
13
12
7 612
3030
2929 77 46
7
7
25a
TE1A
TV1
TV2
TE1B
LS1 LS2
TE2C
TE2B
TE2A
P2
P1
PSPE2
7
SUMMER SHUT-OFF
Temperatures and alarms on the controller display
Limit of the prefabricated substation
Options
1 Plate heat exchanger HE 2 Plate heat exchanger DHW5 Strainer6 Non-return valve7 Ball valve8 Circulation pump HE11 Safety valve HE12 Safety valve DHW13 Thermometer15 Manometer16 Expansion vessel18 Drain valve25 Electronic Controller 25a Pump control bow26 Outdoor temperature sensor27 Temperature sensor28 Pressure sensor29 Actuator30 Control valve46 Balancing valve64 Circulation pump DHW65 Service valve66 Filling valve
Installation Guide ACS Substation
4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
HE pump alarm
Installation Guide ACS Substation
55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
20 Safety notes
Read the instructions carefully before installation and start-up of the substation Danfoss does not bear responsibility for whichever damages of device which have not been mounted or stored in accordance with following instructions
To avoid injury of persons and damages to the device it is abso-lutely necessary to carefully read and observe these instructions
Necessary assembly start-up and maintenance work must be performed only by qualified and authorized personnel
Warning of hot surfaceThe substation has got hot surfaces which can cause skin burns Please be extremely cautious in close proximity of the substa-tion
Warning of high pressure and temperatureThe maximum temperature and pressure always have to be checked on the product data label attached to the productBe aware of the installationrsquos permissible system pressure and temperature The risk of persons getting injured and equipment being damaged increases considerably if the recommended permissible operating parameters are exceeded
The substation installation is equipped with safety valves which must always be mounted in accordance with local regulations
Warning of transportation damagePrior to installing substation please make sure that the substa-tion has not been damaged during transportation Be extreme-ly careful when lifting or moving big and heavy substation
30 System overview
31 General about district heating substations
The heating system of the property is connected to the district heating network with the substation Hot district heating water in the district heating network runs through the heat exchangers in the substation District heating water does not enter the internal network just heat is transferred through the heat exchanger The substation distributes heat into the heating and domestic hot water circuits
All substation functions are controlled with an electronic con-troller The outdoor temperature is measured and the controller adjusts the flow temperature to keep the room and domestic hot water temperatures in the desired level With the controller you can change the property related settings (eg heating curve temperature limits) check the temperatures change the settings create schedules etc
32 ACS Substation
Up to a certain point ACS substation is standardized The final se-lection of components and the dimensioning of the heat exchang-ers is done based on the requirements given by the customer This Installation Guide includes general instructions The more detailed information of the order can be found in the product related documentation
District heating energy plant
Hot district heating water
Cool district heating water
District heating customer
Domestic hot water
Heating
Picture Energiateollisuus ry
Installation Guide ACS Substation
33Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
33 ACS - example circuit diagram
- 2 circuits circuit diagram exampleAfter heating connection domestic hot water and heating
25
15
15
1528
64
467 627
27 27
26
5 78
1665
1166 18
27
27
18
13
13
12
7 612
3030
2929 77 46
7
7
25a
TE1A
TV1
TV2
TE1B
LS1 LS2
TE2C
TE2B
TE2A
P2
P1
PSPE2
7
SUMMER SHUT-OFF
Temperatures and alarms on the controller display
Limit of the prefabricated substation
Options
1 Plate heat exchanger HE 2 Plate heat exchanger DHW5 Strainer6 Non-return valve7 Ball valve8 Circulation pump HE11 Safety valve HE12 Safety valve DHW13 Thermometer15 Manometer16 Expansion vessel18 Drain valve25 Electronic Controller 25a Pump control bow26 Outdoor temperature sensor27 Temperature sensor28 Pressure sensor29 Actuator30 Control valve46 Balancing valve64 Circulation pump DHW65 Service valve66 Filling valve
Installation Guide ACS Substation
4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
HE pump alarm
Installation Guide ACS Substation
55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
33Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
33 ACS - example circuit diagram
- 2 circuits circuit diagram exampleAfter heating connection domestic hot water and heating
25
15
15
1528
64
467 627
27 27
26
5 78
1665
1166 18
27
27
18
13
13
12
7 612
3030
2929 77 46
7
7
25a
TE1A
TV1
TV2
TE1B
LS1 LS2
TE2C
TE2B
TE2A
P2
P1
PSPE2
7
SUMMER SHUT-OFF
Temperatures and alarms on the controller display
Limit of the prefabricated substation
Options
1 Plate heat exchanger HE 2 Plate heat exchanger DHW5 Strainer6 Non-return valve7 Ball valve8 Circulation pump HE11 Safety valve HE12 Safety valve DHW13 Thermometer15 Manometer16 Expansion vessel18 Drain valve25 Electronic Controller 25a Pump control bow26 Outdoor temperature sensor27 Temperature sensor28 Pressure sensor29 Actuator30 Control valve46 Balancing valve64 Circulation pump DHW65 Service valve66 Filling valve
Installation Guide ACS Substation
4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
HE pump alarm
Installation Guide ACS Substation
55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
HE pump alarm
Installation Guide ACS Substation
55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS with ECL controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
DATE
DESIG
NER
PAG
E
WO
RK NO
DRAW
ING
NO
AU
TOM
ATION
DIA
GRA
M
34 Electrical circuit diagrams
ACS without controller
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
40 Visible components in the substation
1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller
2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display
3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display
4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm
5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks
6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed
50 Installation and start-up - Step by step
51 Removing the cover panels
The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it
The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels
The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away
1
4
5
6
23
112
2
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
52 Protective cardboard cover
Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation
53 Removing the substation from the pallet
The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture
54 Moving substation to the installation place
ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components
Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it
1 Moving with a pallet truck
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps
55 Installation place
The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing
The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments
57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing
The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation
The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress
The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor
Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed
571 Connection directions
1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation
After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection
Direct return connection
5 6 7 2 1
4 3
Direct connection
After cooling connection
Direct return connection
56 7 2 1
4 3
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
572 Dimensions for the pipe connections
The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation
In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures
0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500
100
460
250 4700
After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block
Direct connection DN32
90100
120
460
740
0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500
90100
120
460
740
0
150 3000
0 330 490 640 860 950 1090
Direct connection DN50
330 490 640 850 960 10900
90120
460
740
0
1500 300
Direct connection DN65
0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090
100
460
220 370
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
58 Electrification
Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation
The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug
In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable
Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse
Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches
Do not run the pumps without water
59 Controller settings
DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems
Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller
Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide
20 m
20 m
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
591 Controller display and symbols
592 Operating the controller
The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm
When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right
You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display
Favourite display for the user
Symbol Description
Tempera-tures
Outdoor temperature
Room temperature
DHW temperature
Position indicator
Mode
Scheduled operation
Comfort mode
Saving mode
Frost protection mode
Manual mode
Circuits
Heating
DHW
Common controller
Control-led com-ponents
Pump ON
Pumppu OFF
Actuator opens
Actuator closes
Alarm
Display selector
Favourite display for the installer
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Manual mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeMenus with
values and settings
Position indicator for
navigation
Display selection
State of components
System pressure
Primary return temperature
actual and desired
Flow temperatureactual and desired
Return temperature actual
1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller
Mode
= Scheduled operation
= Comfort mode
= Saving mode
= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature
Date
Outdoor temperature
Time
Schedule
Menus with values and settings Position indicator
for navigation
Display selection
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
593 Setting the date and time
Set correct date and time in the controller
Setting done as with the hours
Setting the date same way as time
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
594 Setting the heat curve
Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve
Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]
[oC]
10
14
06
02
18
22 30 3526 40
01
0304
Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system
Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)
15 28 (1528)
The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04
Outdoor temperature
degC
Flow temperature
degC
Visible on the display
-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)
15 22 (522)
Changes in the heat curve point by point
Set the desired temperature
Move to the following points
Setting same way as with the previous point
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu
595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature
The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system
When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system
Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC
Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems
Flow temperature
min degC max degC
Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)
20 27
Floor-heating 20 45
Setting the flow temperature max limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC
Setting the flow temperature min limitation
Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC
Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC
Getting out of the menu
The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo
Getting out of the menu
Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC
596 Manual control
Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function
Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo
The valve is open
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
The valve is closed
Getting away
Changing back to Comfort mode
597 Commissioning with one circuit
When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch
M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump
M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump
A1 Alarm relay
An example DHW circuit control valve close down
The valve is forced to close down
STOP leaves the valve in closed position
Getting out of the menu
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
598 Sensor displays
Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display
All values can be found by going down the list
Getting out of the menu
599 Alarm
Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display
Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Pressure alarm
Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change
Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again
Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)
Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)
Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function
Getting out of the menu
In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
5910 Changing the favourite display for the user
After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs
5911 Setting the room temperature
The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property
5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature
Changing the circuit
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu
510 Basic parameters factory settings
Heating circuit
Setting Factory set-ting
Own setting Comment
Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC
Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04
Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC
Flow temperature min 20 degC
Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC
Proportional band Xp 85 K
Integration time constant Tn 25 s
Running time of the motorized con-trol valve
120 s
Neutral zone Nz 2 K
Pressure alarm limit max 23
Pressure alarm limit min 08
Pressure alarm timeout 30 s
Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)
Pump alarm timeout 20 s
Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)
90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC
Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM
60 s
DHW circuit Setting Factory set-
tingOwn setting Comment
DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC
Flow temperature min 45 degC
Flow temperature max 65 degC
Proportional band Xp 9 K
Integration time constant Tn 13 s
Running time of the motorized control valve
15 s
Neutral zone Nz 3 K
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Problems Heating
Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low
Disruption in the district heating distribution
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date
Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary
Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer
The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high
The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings
The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The control valve stays openclosed
511 Start-up
Check following point before start-up
Check points before start-up
Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked
Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use
Check points after start-up
Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls
All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)
Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation
60 Trouble shooting
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
60 Trouble shooting
Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)
DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Temperature of DHW varies more than usual
DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken
DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions
Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer
The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Trash in the control valve
Other situations
The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the
air lock
The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor
The control valve has a strong whistling sound
The control valve is broken
Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network
Get in contact with the district heating distributor
Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage
Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company
The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal
Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor
The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display
The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on
Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it
Heating control does not work
The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode
Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo
The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales
CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed
Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel
The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company
The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage
Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
The return temperature in the heating circuit is high
The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big
Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy
Declaration of conformityPressure equip
ment in accordance w
ith the sound engineering practice
(Directive 9723EC
Article 33)
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category I (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI
Declaration of conformity
Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations
Pressure equipm
ent in hazard category II - III (D
irective 9723EC A
rticle 9)
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Installation Guide ACS Substation
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved
Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi
General warranty conditions
1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use
2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date
whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever
period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period
concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty
3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating
environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)
4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question
5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages
6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English
Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM
Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM
General Warranty Conditions
Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process
Top Related